blob: 4dbf2d4050e2df9fa9fe9472fbe6d238cc3b67a0 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
187 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
188 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500189 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
190 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
191 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
192 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
193 /lib Architecture specific library files
194 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
195 /cpu CPU specific files
196 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
197 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
198 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
199 /lib Architecture specific library files
200 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
201 /cpu CPU specific files
202 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
203 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400205 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500208/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
209/board Board dependent files
210/common Misc architecture independent functions
211/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
212/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
213/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400214/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500215/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
216/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
217/include Header Files
218/lib Files generic to all architectures
219 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
220 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
221 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
222/net Networking code
223/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400224/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500225/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000227Software Configuration:
228=======================
229
230Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
231rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
232
233There are two classes of configuration variables:
234
235* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
236 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
237 "CONFIG_".
238
239* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
240 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
241 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200242 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000243
244Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
245identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
246do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
247links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
248as an example here.
249
250
251Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
252---------------------------------------------------
253
254For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200255configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000256
257Example: For a TQM823L module type:
258
259 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200260 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000261
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200262For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200263e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000264directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
265
266
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600267Sandbox Environment:
268--------------------
269
270U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
271board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
272specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
273run some of U-Boot's tests.
274
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530275See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600276
277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530324- Marvell Family Member
325 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
326 multiple fs option at one time
327 for marvell soc family
328
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000329- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000330 Define exactly one of
331 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000332
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200333- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
335 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000336 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
337 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
339 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000341- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200342 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
343 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000344 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000345 See doc/README.MPC866
346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000349 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
350 of relying on the correctness of the configured
351 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
352 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
353 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200354 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000355
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100356 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
357
358 Define this option if you want to enable the
359 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
360
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000362 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
363
364 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
365 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
366 compliance, among other possible reasons.
367
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
369
370 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
371 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
372 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
373
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500374 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
375
376 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
377 tree nodes for the given platform.
378
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000379 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
380
381 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
382 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
383 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
384 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
385 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
386 purpose.
387
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
389
390 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
391 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
393
394 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
395 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
396
397 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
398 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
399
400 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
401 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
402 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
403 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
404
405 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
406 this erratum.
407
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530408 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
409 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
410 requred during NOR boot.
411
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
413
414 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
415 according to the A004510 workaround.
416
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
418 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
419 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
420
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530421 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
422 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
423 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
424
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
427 connected to the DSP core.
428
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
430 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
431
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530432 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
433 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
434 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
435 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
436
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530437 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
438 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
439 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
440
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800441 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
442 Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
443 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
444
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000445- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700446 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
447 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
448 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
449 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
450 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
451
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000452 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
453
454 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
455 values is arch specific.
456
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
458 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
459 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
460 SoCs.
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
463 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
466 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
467 deskew training are not available.
468
469 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
470 Freescale DDR1 controller.
471
472 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
473 Freescale DDR2 controller.
474
475 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
476 Freescale DDR3 controller.
477
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700478 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
479 Freescale DDR4 controller.
480
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
482 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
483
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
485 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
486 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
487 implemetation.
488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
490 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
491 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
492 implementation.
493
494 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
495 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700496 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
497
498 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
499 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
500 DDR3L controllers.
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
503 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
504 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700505
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
507 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
508
509 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
510 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
511
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530512 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
513 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
514 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
515
516 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
517 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
518 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
519 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
520
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530521 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
522 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
523 concatenated with u-boot binary.
524
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800525 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
526 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
527
528 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
529 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
530
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800531 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
532 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
533 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
534 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
535
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
537 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
538 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
539 SoCs with ARM core.
540
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700541 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
542 Number of controllers used as main memory.
543
544 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
545 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
546
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530547 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
548 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
549
550 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
551 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
552
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100553- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200554 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100555
556 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
557 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
558 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200560 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200561
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100562 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
563 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200564 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100565 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200566
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200567- MIPS CPU options:
568 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
569
570 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
571 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
572 relocation.
573
574 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
575
576 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
577 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
578 Possible values are:
579 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
580 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
581 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
582 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
583 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
584 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
585 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
586 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
587
588 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
589
590 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
591 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
592
593 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
594
595 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
596 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
597 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
598
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000599- ARM options:
600 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
601
602 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
603 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
604
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000605 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
606
607 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
608 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
609 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
610 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
611 GCC.
612
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000613 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000614 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
615 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
616 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500617 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500618 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000619
620 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
621 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
622 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
623 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
624 set these options unless they apply!
625
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000626- CPU timer options:
627 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
628
629 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
630 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
631 option must be set to 1000.
632
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000633- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000634 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
635
636 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
637 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
638 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
639 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
640 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
641 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
642 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000643 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100644 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000645 default environment.
646
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000647 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
648
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200649 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000650 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
651 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
652
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400653 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200654
655 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400656 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
657 concepts).
658
659 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
660 * New libfdt-based support
661 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500662 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400663
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200664 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
665 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
666 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
667 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200668 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600669 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200670
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200671 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
672 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500673
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600674 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
675
676 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
677 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000678
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500679 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
680
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200681 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500682 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
683
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200684 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
685
686 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
687 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
688 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
689 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
690 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
691 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
692
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000693 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
694
695 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
696 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
697 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
698 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
699 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
700 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
701 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
702
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100703- vxWorks boot parameters:
704
705 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
706 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
707 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
708
709 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
710 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
711 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
712 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
713
714 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
715
716 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
717
718 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
719 the defaults discussed just above.
720
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000721- Cache Configuration:
722 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
723 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
724 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
725
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000726- Cache Configuration for ARM:
727 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
728 controller
729 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
730 controller register space
731
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000732- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200733 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000734
735 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
736
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200737 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000738
739 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
740
741 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
742
743 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
744 the clock speed of the UARTs.
745
746 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
747
748 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
749 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
750 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
751
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000752 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
753
754 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
755 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
756 this variable to initialize the extra register.
757
758 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
759
760 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
761 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
762 variable to flush the UART at init time.
763
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400764 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
765
766 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
767 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000768
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000769- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000770 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
771 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
772 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
773 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000774
775 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
776 port routines must be defined elsewhere
777 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
778
779 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
780 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000781 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000782 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
783 (default big endian)
784 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
785 rectangle fill
786 (cf. smiLynxEM)
787 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
788 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
789 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
790 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000791 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
792 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000793 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
794 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000795 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000796 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
797 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
798 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
799 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
800 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
801 (i.e. i8042_getc)
802 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
803 (requires blink timer
804 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200805 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000806 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
807 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500808 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000809 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
810 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000811 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
812 linux_logo.h for logo.
813 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000814 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200815 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000816 the logo
817
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000818 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
819 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
820 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
821
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000822 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
823 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
824 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000825
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000826 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
827 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
828 the "silent" environment variable. See
829 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000830
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200831 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
832 is 0x00.
833 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
834 is 0xa0.
835
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000836- Console Baudrate:
837 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
838 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200839 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
840 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000841
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100842- Console Rx buffer length
843 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
844 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100845 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100846 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
847 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
848 the SMC.
849
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000850- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200851 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
852 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
853 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
854 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
855 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
856 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
857 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200858 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200859 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000860
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200861 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
862 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000863
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000864- Safe printf() functions
865 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
866 the printf() functions. These are defined in
867 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
868 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
869 If this option is not given then these functions will
870 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
871 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
872
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000873- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
874 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
875 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000876 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
877 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000878
879 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
880 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
881 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
882 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
883 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
884 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
885 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
886 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
887 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
888 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
889 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
890 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
891
892- Autoboot Command:
893 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
894 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
895 define a command string that is automatically executed
896 when no character is read on the console interface
897 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
898
899 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000900 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
901 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
902 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000903
904 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000905 The value of these goes into the environment as
906 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
907 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200908 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000909
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100910- Bootcount:
911 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
912 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
913 cycle, see:
914 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
915
916 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
917 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
918 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
919 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
920 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
921 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
922 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
923 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
924 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
925
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000926- Pre-Boot Commands:
927 CONFIG_PREBOOT
928
929 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
930 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
931 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
932 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
933 entering interactive mode.
934
935 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
936 automatically generated or modified. For an example
937 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
938 modified when the user holds down a certain
939 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
940 booting the systems
941
942- Serial Download Echo Mode:
943 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
944 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
945 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
946 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
947 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
948 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
949 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
950
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500951- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000952 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
953 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200954 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000955
956- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500957 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
958 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000959 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
960 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500961 and augmenting with additional #define's
962 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000963
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500964 The default command configuration includes all commands
965 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000966
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100967 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500968 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500969 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
970 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
971 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
972 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
973 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -0400974 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500975 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800976 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500977 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500978 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500979 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
980 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
981 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600982 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
983 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
984 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
985 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500986 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
987 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500988 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500989 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
990 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600991 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600992 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500993 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500994 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000995 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
996 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700997 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
998 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500999 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001000 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001001 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001002 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1003 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001004 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001005 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001006 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001007 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001008 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001009 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1010 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1011 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1012 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001013 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001014 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001015 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001016 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001017 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001018 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001019 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1020 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1021 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1022 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001023 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001024 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1025 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001026 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1027 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001028 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001029 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001030 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001031 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001032 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001033 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001034 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1035 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1036 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001037 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001038 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1039 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001040 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001041 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001042 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001043 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1044 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1045 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1046 host
1047 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001048 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001049 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1050 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001051 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001052 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1053 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1054 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1055 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1056 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1057 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001058 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001059 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001060 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001061 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001062 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001063 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001064 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001065 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001066 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1067 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001068 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001069 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001070 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001071 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001072 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001073
1074 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1075 support you can write:
1076
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001077 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1078 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001079
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001080 Other Commands:
1081 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001082
1083 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001084 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001085 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1086 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1087 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1088 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1089 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1090 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001091
1092
1093 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1094
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001095- Regular expression support:
1096 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001097 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1098 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1099 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1100 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001101
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001102- Device tree:
1103 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1104 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1105 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1106 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1107 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1108 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1109
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001110 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1111 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001112
1113 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1114 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1115 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1116 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1117 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1118 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001119
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001120 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1121 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1122 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1123 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1124
1125 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1126
1127 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1128 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1129 still use the individual files if you need something more
1130 exotic.
1131
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001132- Watchdog:
1133 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1134 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001135 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1136 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1137 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1138 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1139 available, then no further board specific code should
1140 be needed to use it.
1141
1142 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1143 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1144 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1145 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001146
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001147- U-Boot Version:
1148 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1149 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1150 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1151 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001152 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1153 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001154
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001155- Real-Time Clock:
1156
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001157 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001158 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1159 following options:
1160
1161 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1162 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001163 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001164 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001165 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001166 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001167 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001168 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001169 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001170 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001171 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001172 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001173 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1174 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001175
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001176 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1177 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1178
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001179- GPIO Support:
1180 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001181
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001182 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1183 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1184 pins supported by a particular chip.
1185
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001186 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1187 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1188
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001189- I/O tracing:
1190 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1191 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1192 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1193 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1194 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1195 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1196 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1197 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1198
1199 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1200 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1201 still continue to operate.
1202
1203 iotrace is enabled
1204 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1205 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1206 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1207 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1208 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1209 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1210
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001211- Timestamp Support:
1212
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001213 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1214 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1215 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001216 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001217
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001218- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1219 Zero or more of the following:
1220 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1221 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1222 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1223 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1224 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1225 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1226 disk/part_efi.c
1227 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001228
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001229 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1230 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001231 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001232
1233- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001234 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1235 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001236
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001237 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1238 be performed by calling the function
1239 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1240 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001241
1242- ATAPI Support:
1243 CONFIG_ATAPI
1244
1245 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1246
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001247- LBA48 Support
1248 CONFIG_LBA48
1249
1250 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001251 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001252 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1253 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1254
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001255 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001256 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1257 Default is 32bit.
1258
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001259- SCSI Support:
1260 At the moment only there is only support for the
1261 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1262 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1263
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001264 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1265 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1266 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001267 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1268 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001269 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001270
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001271 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1272 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001273
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001274- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001275 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001276 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1277
1278 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1279 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1280 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1281 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1282
1283 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1284 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1285 example with the "sspi" command.
1286
1287 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1288 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1289 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001290
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001291 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001292 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001294 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1295 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001296 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001297 write routine for first time initialisation.
1298
1299 CONFIG_TULIP
1300 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1301 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1302 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1303
1304 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1305 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1306
1307 CONFIG_NS8382X
1308 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1309
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001310- NETWORK Support (other):
1311
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001312 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1313 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1314
1315 CONFIG_RMII
1316 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1317
1318 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1319 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1320 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1321
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001322 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1323 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1324
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001325 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001326 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1327
1328 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1329 Define this to hold the physical address
1330 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1331
1332 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1333 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1334
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001335 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001336 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1337
1338 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1339 Define this to hold the physical address
1340 of the device (I/O space)
1341
1342 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1343 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1344
1345 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1346 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1347 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1348
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001349 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1350 Support for davinci emac
1351
1352 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1353 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1354
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001355 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1356 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1357
1358 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1359 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1360 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1361 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1362 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1363 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1364 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1365 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1366
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001367 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001368 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1369
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001370 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001371 Define this to hold the physical address
1372 of the device (I/O space)
1373
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001374 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001375 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1376
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001377 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001378 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1379 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001380 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001381
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001382 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1383 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1384
1385 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1386 Define the number of ports to be used
1387
1388 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1389 Define the ETH PHY's address
1390
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001391 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1392 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1393
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001394- PWM Support:
1395 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1396 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1397
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001398- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001399 CONFIG_TPM
1400 Support TPM devices.
1401
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001402 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1403 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1404 per system is supported at this time.
1405
1406 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1407 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1408
1409 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1410 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1411
1412 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1413 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1414
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001415 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1416 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1417
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001418 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001419 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1420 per system is supported at this time.
1421
1422 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1423 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1424 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1425 0xfed40000.
1426
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001427 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1428 Add tpm monitor functions.
1429 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1430 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1431
1432 CONFIG_TPM
1433 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1434 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1435 Requires support for a TPM device.
1436
1437 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1438 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1439 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1440
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001441- USB Support:
1442 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001443 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001444 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1445 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001446 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001447 storage devices.
1448 Note:
1449 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1450 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001451 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1452 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1453 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001454 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1455 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001456 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1457 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1458 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001459 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1460 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001461 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001462 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1463 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001464
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001465 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1466 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1467
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001468- USB Device:
1469 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1470 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1471 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001472 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001473 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1474 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001475 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001476 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1477 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1478 a Linux host by
1479 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1480 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1481 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1482 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001483
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001484 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1485 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001486
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001487 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1488 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1489 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001490
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301491 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1492 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1493 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1494 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1495 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1496 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1497 speed.
1498
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001499 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001500 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1501 be set to usbtty.
1502
1503 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001504 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001505 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001506 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001507
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001508 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001509 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001510 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001511
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001512 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001513 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001514 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001515 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1516 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1517 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1518
1519 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1520 Define this string as the name of your company for
1521 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001522
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001523 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1524 Define this string as the name of your product
1525 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1526
1527 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1528 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1529 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1530 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1531 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001532
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001533 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1534 Define this as the unique Product ID
1535 for your device
1536 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001537
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001538- ULPI Layer Support:
1539 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1540 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1541 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1542 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1543 viewport is supported.
1544 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1545 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001546 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1547 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1548 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001549
1550- MMC Support:
1551 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1552 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1553 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1554 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001555 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1556 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001557
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001558 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1559 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1560
1561 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1562 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1563
1564 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1565 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1566
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001567 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1568 Enable the generic MMC driver
1569
1570 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1571 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1572
1573 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1574 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1575 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1576
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001577- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1578 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1579 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1580
1581 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1582 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1583 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1584 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1585 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1586
1587 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1588 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1589
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001590 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1591 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1592
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301593 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1594 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1595 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1596 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1597 one that would help mostly the developer.
1598
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001599 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1600 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1601 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1602 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1603 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1604
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001605 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1606 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1607 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1608 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1609 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1610 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1611
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001612 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1613 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1614 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1615 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1616
1617 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1618 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1619 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1620 sending again an USB request to the device.
1621
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001622- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1623 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1624 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1625 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1626 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1627 used on Android devices.
1628 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1629
1630 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1631 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1632 image format header.
1633
1634 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1635 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1636 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1637 downloaded images.
1638
1639 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1640 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1641 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1642 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1643
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001644 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1645 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1646 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1647 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1648
1649 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1650 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1651 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1652 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1653
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001654- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1655 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1656 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1657 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1658
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001659 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1660 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001661 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001663 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001664 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1665 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1666
1667 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001668 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001669 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1670 have not defined a custom partition
1671
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001672- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1673 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001674
1675 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1676 file in FAT formatted partition.
1677
1678 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1679 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001680
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001681CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1682 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1683
1684 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1685 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1686 and cbfsload.
1687
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301688- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1689 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1690
1691 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1692 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1693
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001694- Keyboard Support:
1695 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1696
1697 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1698 support
1699
1700 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1701 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1702 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1703 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1704 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1705
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001706 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1707 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1708 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1709 which provides key scans on request.
1710
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001711- Video support:
1712 CONFIG_VIDEO
1713
1714 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1715 video).
1716
1717 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1718
1719 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1720
1721 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001722 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001723 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1724 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1725 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001726
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001727 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001728 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001729 are possible:
1730 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001731 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001732
1733 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1734 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1735 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1736 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1737 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1738 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1739 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001740 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1741
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001742 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001743 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001744
1745
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001746 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001747 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001748 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1749 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1750
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001751 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001752 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001753 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1754 support, and should also define these other macros:
1755
1756 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1757 CONFIG_VIDEO
1758 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1759 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1760 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1761 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1762 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1763 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1764
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001765 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1766 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1767 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1768 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001769
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001770 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1771
1772 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1773 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1774 driver.
1775
1776
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001777- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001778 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001779
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001780 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1781 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1782 defined in your board-specific files.
1783 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001784
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001785- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1786
1787 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1788 display); also select one of the supported displays
1789 by defining one of these:
1790
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001791 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1792
1793 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1794
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001795 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001796
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001797 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001798
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001799 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001800
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001801 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1802 Active, color, single scan.
1803
1804 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1805
1806 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001807 Active, color, single scan.
1808
1809 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1810
1811 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1812 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1813
1814 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1815
1816 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1817 Active, color, single scan.
1818
1819 CONFIG_HLD1045
1820
1821 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1822 Active, color, single scan.
1823
1824 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1825
1826 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1827 or
1828 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1829 or
1830 Hitachi SP14Q002
1831
1832 320x240. Black & white.
1833
1834 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001835 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001836
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001837 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1838
1839 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1840 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1841 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1842 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1843 a per-section basis.
1844
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001845 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1846
1847 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1848 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1849 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1850 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001851
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001852 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1853
1854 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1855
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001856 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1857
1858 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1859 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1860
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001861- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001862
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001863 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1864 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1865 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001866 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001867 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1868 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1869 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1870 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001871
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001872 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1873
1874 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1875 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001876 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001877 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1878 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1879 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1880 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1881 there is no need to set this option.
1882
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001883 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1884
1885 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1886 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1887 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1888 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1889 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1890 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1891
1892 Example:
1893 setenv splashpos m,m
1894 => image at center of screen
1895
1896 setenv splashpos 30,20
1897 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1898
1899 setenv splashpos -10,m
1900 => vertically centered image
1901 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1902
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001903- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1904
1905 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1906 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1907 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1908
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001909- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1910
1911 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1912 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1913 bmp command.
1914
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001915- Do compresssing for memory range:
1916 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1917
1918 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1919 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1920
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001921- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001922 CONFIG_GZIP
1923
1924 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1925
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001926 CONFIG_BZIP2
1927
1928 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1929 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1930 compressed images are supported.
1931
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001932 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001933 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001934 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001935
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001936 CONFIG_LZMA
1937
1938 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1939 images is included.
1940
1941 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1942 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1943 formula:
1944
1945 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1946
1947 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1948 and Literal pos bits.
1949
1950 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1951 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1952 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1953 a very small buffer.
1954
1955 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1956 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001957 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001958
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001959 CONFIG_LZO
1960
1961 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1962 is included.
1963
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001964- MII/PHY support:
1965 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1966
1967 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1968
1969 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1970
1971 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1972
1973 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1974
1975 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001976 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001977
1978 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1979
1980 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1981 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1982 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1983 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1984
1985 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1986
1987 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1988 command issued before MII status register can be read
1989
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001990- Ethernet address:
1991 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001992 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001993 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1994 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001995 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1996 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001997
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001998 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1999 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002000 is not determined automatically.
2001
2002- IP address:
2003 CONFIG_IPADDR
2004
2005 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002006 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002007 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002008 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002009
2010- Server IP address:
2011 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2012
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002013 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002014 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002015 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002016
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002017 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2018
2019 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2020 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2021
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002022- Gateway IP address:
2023 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2024
2025 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2026 default router where packets to other networks are
2027 sent to.
2028 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2029
2030- Subnet mask:
2031 CONFIG_NETMASK
2032
2033 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2034 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2035 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2036 forwarded through a router.
2037 (Environment variable "netmask")
2038
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002039- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2040 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2041
2042 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2043 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002044 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002045 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2046 multicast group.
2047
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002048- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2049 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2050
2051 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2052 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2053 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2054 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2055 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2056 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2057 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2058 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002059 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002060
2061 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2062 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2063 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2064 4th and following
2065 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2066
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002067 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2068
2069 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2070 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2071 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2072 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2073 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2074 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2075 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2076 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2077 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2078 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2079 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2080 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2081 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2082 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2083 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2084
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002085- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002086 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2087 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002088
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002089 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2090 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2091 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2092 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2093 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2094 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2095 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2096 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2097 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2098 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2099 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2100 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002101 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002102
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002103 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2104 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002105
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002106 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2107 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2108 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2109 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2110 is not available.
2111
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002112 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2113 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2114 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2115 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2116 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2117 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2118 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002119 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002120
2121 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2122 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2123 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002124 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002125 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2126 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002127
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002128 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2129
2130 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2131 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2132 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2133 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2134 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2135 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2136 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2137 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2138 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2139 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2140 this delay.
2141
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002142 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2143 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2144 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2145 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2146 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2147
2148 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2149
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002150 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002151 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002152
2153 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2154
2155 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2156
2157 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2158 of the device.
2159
2160 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2161
2162 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2163 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002164 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002165
2166 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2167
2168 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2169 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2170
2171 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2172
2173 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2174
2175 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2176
2177 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2178
2179 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2180
2181 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2182
2183 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2184
2185 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2186 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2187
2188 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2189
2190 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2191
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002192- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2193
2194 Several configurations allow to display the current
2195 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2196 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2197 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2198 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2199 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2200 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2201 feature in U-Boot.
2202
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002203 Additional options:
2204
2205 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2206 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2207 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2208 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2209 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2210
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002211 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2212 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2213 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2214 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2215 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2216 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2217
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002218- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2219
2220 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2221 on those systems that support this (optional)
2222 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2223
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002224- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002225
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002226 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2227 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2228 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2229 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2230 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2231 interface.
2232
2233 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002234 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2235 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2236 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2237 for defining speed and slave address
2238 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2239 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2240 for defining speed and slave address
2241 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2242 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2243 for defining speed and slave address
2244 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2245 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2246 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002247
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002248 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2249 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2250 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2251 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2252 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2253 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002254 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002255 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2256 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2257 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2258 second bus.
2259
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002260 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002261 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2262 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2263 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002264
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002265 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2266 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2267 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2268 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2269
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002270 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2271 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2272 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2273 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2274 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2275 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2276 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2277 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2278 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2279 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2280
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002281 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2282 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2283 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2284
2285 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2286 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2287 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2288 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2289 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2290 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2291 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2292 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2293 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2294
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002295 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2296 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2297 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2298
2299 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2300 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2301 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2302 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2303 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2304 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2305 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2306 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2307 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2308 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2309 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2310 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2311 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2312
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002313 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2314 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2315 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2316 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2317 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2318 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2319 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2320 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2321 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2322 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2323 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2324 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2325
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002326 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2327 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2328 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2329 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2330
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302331 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2332 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2333 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2334 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2335 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2336
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002337 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2338 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2339 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2340 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2341 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2342 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2343 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2344 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2345 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2346 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2347 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2348 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2349 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2350 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2351
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002352 additional defines:
2353
2354 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2355 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2356 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2357 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2358 omit this define.
2359
2360 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2361 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2362 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2363 omit this define.
2364
2365 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2366 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2367 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2368 define.
2369
2370 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2371 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2372 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2373 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2374 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2375
2376 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2377 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2378 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2379 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2380 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2381 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2382 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2383 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2384 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2385 }
2386
2387 which defines
2388 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002389 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2390 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2391 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2392 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2393 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002394 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002395 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2396 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002397
2398 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2399
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002400- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002401
2402 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2403 provides the following compelling advantages:
2404
2405 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2406 - approved multibus support
2407 - better i2c mux support
2408
2409 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2410
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002411 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2412 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2413 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002414
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002415 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002416 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002417 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2418 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002419 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002420
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002421 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002422
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002423 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002424 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002425
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002426 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002427 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002428 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002429 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002430
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002431 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002432 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002433 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2434 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2435 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002436
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002437 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2438
2439 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2440 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2441 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2442 commands until the slave device responds.
2443
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002444 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002445
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002446 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002447 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2448 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002449
2450 I2C_INIT
2451
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002452 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002453 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002454
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002455 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002456
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002457 I2C_PORT
2458
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002459 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2460 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2461 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002462
2463 I2C_ACTIVE
2464
2465 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2466 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2467 define can be null.
2468
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002469 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2470
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002471 I2C_TRISTATE
2472
2473 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2474 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2475 define can be null.
2476
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002477 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2478
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002479 I2C_READ
2480
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002481 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2482 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002483
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002484 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2485
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002486 I2C_SDA(bit)
2487
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002488 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2489 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002490
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002491 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002492 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002493 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002494
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002495 I2C_SCL(bit)
2496
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002497 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2498 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002499
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002500 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002501 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002502 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002503
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002504 I2C_DELAY
2505
2506 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2507 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002508 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002509 like:
2510
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002511 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002512
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002513 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2514
2515 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2516 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2517 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2518 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2519
2520 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2521 the generic GPIO functions.
2522
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002523 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002524
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002525 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2526 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2527 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2528 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2529 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2530 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2531 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2532 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002533
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002534 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2535
2536 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2537 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2538 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2539 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2540 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2541 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2542 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2543 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2544
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002545 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2546
2547 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2548 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2549 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2550
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002551 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2552
2553 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002554 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2555 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002556 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2557
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002558 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002559
2560 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002561 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002562 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2563 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002564
2565 e.g.
2566 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002567 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002568
2569 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2570
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002571 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002572 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002573
2574 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002576 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002577
2578 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2579 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2580
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002581 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002582
2583 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2584 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2585
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002586 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002587
2588 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2589 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2590
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002591 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002592
2593 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2594 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2595 specified DTT device.
2596
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002597 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2598
2599 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2600 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2601 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2602 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2603 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2604 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2605 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002606
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002607- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2608
2609 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2610 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2611 D/As on the SACSng board)
2612
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002613 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2614
2615 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2616 only SH7757 is supported.
2617
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002618 CONFIG_SPI_X
2619
2620 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2621 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2622
2623 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2624
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002625 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2626 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2627 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2628 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2629 defined, the board configuration must define several
2630 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2631 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002632
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002633 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2634
2635 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2636 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2637 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002638 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002639 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2640
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002641 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2642
2643 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002644 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002645
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002646 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2647 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2648 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2649
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002650- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2651
2652 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2653
2654 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2655
2656 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2657 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2658
2659 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2660
2661 Enables support for FPGA family.
2662 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2663
2664 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002665
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002666 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002667
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302668 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2669
2670 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2671
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002672 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2673
2674 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2675
2676 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2677
2678 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2679 (Xilinx only)
2680
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002681 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002682
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002683 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002684
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002685 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002686
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002687 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2688 status by the configuration function. This option
2689 will require a board or device specific function to
2690 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002691
2692 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2693
2694 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2695 configuration driver.
2696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002697 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002698 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2699
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002700 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002701
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002702 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2703 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2704 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2705 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002706
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002707 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002708
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002709 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2710 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2711 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002712 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002713
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002714 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002715
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002716 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002717 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002718
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002719 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002720
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002721 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002722 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002723
2724- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002725 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2726
2727 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2728 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2729 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2730 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2731 make / MAKEALL.
2732
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002733 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2734
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002735 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2736 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002737
2738- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2739
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002740 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2741 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002742 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002743 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2744 protects these variables from casual modification by
2745 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2746 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002747 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002748
2749 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2750 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002751 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002752 these parameters.
2753
2754 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2755 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002756 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002757 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2758 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2759 read-only.]
2760
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002761 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2762 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2763 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2764 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2765
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002766- Protected RAM:
2767 CONFIG_PRAM
2768
2769 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2770 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2771 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2772 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2773 this default value by defining an environment
2774 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2775 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2776 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2777 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2778 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2779 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2780 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2781
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002782 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002783 saveenv
2784
2785 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2786 either, which results in a memory region that will
2787 not be affected by reboots.
2788
2789 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2790 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2791 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2792 following board configurations are known to be
2793 "pRAM-clean":
2794
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002795 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2796 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002797 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002798
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002799- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2800 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2801 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2802 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2803 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2804 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2805 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2806
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002807- Error Recovery:
2808 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2809
2810 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2811 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2812 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002813 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002814 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2815 useful during development since you can try to debug
2816 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2817
2818 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2819
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002820 This variable defines the number of retries for
2821 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2822 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2823 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002824
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002825 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2826
2827 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2828
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002829 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2830
2831 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2832 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2833 try longer timeout such as
2834 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2835
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002836- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002837 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002838
2839 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2840
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002841 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002842
2843 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2844 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2845 powerful command line syntax like
2846 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2847 constructs ("shell scripts").
2848
2849 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2850 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2851
2852
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002853 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002854
2855 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2856 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2857 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2858
2859 Note:
2860
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002861 In the current implementation, the local variables
2862 space and global environment variables space are
2863 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2864 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2865 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2866 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2867 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002868
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002869 Global environment variables are those you use
2870 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2871 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2872 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002873
2874 To store commands and special characters in a
2875 variable, please use double quotation marks
2876 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2877 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2878 symbols.
2879
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002880- Commandline Editing and History:
2881 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2882
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002883 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002884 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002885
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002886- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002887 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2888
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002889 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2890 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002891 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002892
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002893 For example, place something like this in your
2894 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002895
2896 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2897 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2898 "myvar2=value2\0"
2899
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002900 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2901 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2902 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2903 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002904 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002905 You better know what you are doing here.
2906
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002907 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2908 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002909 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002910 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002911
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002912 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2913
2914 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2915 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2916 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2917
2918 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2919
2920 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2921 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2922 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2923 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2924 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2925
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002926 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2927
2928 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2929 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2930 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2931
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002932 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2933
2934 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2935 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2936 that so that the environment is not available until
2937 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2938 this is instead controlled by the value of
2939 /config/load-environment.
2940
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002941- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002942 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2943
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002944 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2945 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2946 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002947
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002948- Serial Flash support
2949 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2950
2951 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2952 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2953
2954 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2955 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2956 commands.
2957
2958 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2959 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2960 flash is present on the system.
2961
2962 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2963 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2964 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2965 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2966
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002967 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2968
2969 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2970 test ('sf test').
2971
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302972 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2973
2974 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2975 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2976
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302977 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2978
2979 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2980 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2981 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2982
Heiko Schocher562f8df2014-07-18 06:07:21 +02002983 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_ST_ENABLE_WP_PIN
2984 enable the W#/Vpp signal to disable writing to the status
2985 register on ST MICRON flashes like the N25Q128.
2986 The status register write enable/disable bit, combined with
2987 the W#/VPP signal provides hardware data protection for the
2988 device as follows: When the enable/disable bit is set to 1,
2989 and the W#/VPP signal is driven LOW, the status register
2990 nonvolatile bits become read-only and the WRITE STATUS REGISTER
2991 operation will not execute. The only way to exit this
2992 hardware-protected mode is to drive W#/VPP HIGH.
2993
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002994- SystemACE Support:
2995 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2996
2997 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2998 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002999 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003000 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003001
3002 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003003 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003004
3005 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3006 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3007
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003008- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3009 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3010
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003011 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003012 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003013 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003014 number generator is used.
3015
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003016 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3017 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3018 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3019
3020 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003021 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3022 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3023 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3024 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3025 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3026 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3027
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003028- Hashing support:
3029 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3030
3031 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3032 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3033
3034 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3035
3036 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3037 size a little.
3038
3039 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
3040 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
3041
3042 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3043 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3044
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003045- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3046 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3047 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3048 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3049
3050 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3051 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3052 a boot from specific media.
3053
3054 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3055 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3056 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3057 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3058 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3059
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003060- Signing support:
3061 CONFIG_RSA
3062
3063 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003064 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003065
3066 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
3067 option.
3068
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003069- bootcount support:
3070 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3071
3072 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3073 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3074
3075 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3076 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3077 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3078 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3079 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3080 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3081 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3082 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3083 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3084 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3085 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3086 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3087 the bootcounter.
3088 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003089
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003090- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003091 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3092
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003093 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3094 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3095 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3096 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3097 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3098 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003099
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00003100- Detailed boot stage timing
3101 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
3102 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
3103 of the boot process.
3104
3105 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
3106 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
3107 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
3108 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
3109 the limit, recording will stop.
3110
3111 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
3112 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
3113
3114 Timer summary in microseconds:
3115 Mark Elapsed Stage
3116 0 0 reset
3117 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
3118 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
3119 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
3120 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
3121 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
3122 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
3123 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
3124
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00003125 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
3126 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
3127 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
3128
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003129 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
3130 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
3131 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
3132 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
3133 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
3134 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
3135 For example:
3136
3137 bootstage {
3138 154 {
3139 name = "board_init_f";
3140 mark = <3575678>;
3141 };
3142 170 {
3143 name = "lcd";
3144 accum = <33482>;
3145 };
3146 };
3147
3148 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3149
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003150Legacy uImage format:
3151
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003152 Arg Where When
3153 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003154 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003155 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003156 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003157 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003158 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003159 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3160 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3161 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003162 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003163 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3164 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3165 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3166 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003167 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003168 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003169
3170 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3171 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3172 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3173 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3174 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3175 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3176 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003177 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003178 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3179 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3180
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003181 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003182
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003183 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003184 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3185 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003186
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003187 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3188 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3189 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3190 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3191 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3192 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3193 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3194 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3195 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3196 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3197 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3198 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3199 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3200 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3201 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3202 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3203 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3204 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3205 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3206 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3207 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3208 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3209 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3210 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3211 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3212 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3213 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3214 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3215 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3216 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3217 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3218 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3219 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3220 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3221 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3222 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3223 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3224 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3225 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3226 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3227 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3228 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3229 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3230 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3231 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3232 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3233 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003234
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003235 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003236
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003237 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003238 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3239 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003240
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003241 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3242 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003243 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003244 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3245 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3246 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003247 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3248 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003249 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003250
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003251FIT uImage format:
3252
3253 Arg Where When
3254 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3255 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3256 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3257 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3258 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3259 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003260 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003261 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3262 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3263 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3264 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3265 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003266 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3267 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003268 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3269 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3270 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3271 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3272 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3273 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3274 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3275 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3276
3277 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3278 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3279 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003280 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003281 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3282 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3283 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3284 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3285 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3286 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3287 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3288 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3289 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3290 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3291 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3292 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3293
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003294 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003295 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3296
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003297 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003298 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3299
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003300 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003301 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3302
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003303- legacy image format:
3304 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3305 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3306
3307 Default:
3308 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3309
3310 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3311 disable the legacy image format
3312
3313 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3314 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3315
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003316- FIT image support:
3317 CONFIG_FIT
3318 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3319
3320 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3321 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3322 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3323 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3324 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3325 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3326
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003327 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3328 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3329 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3330 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3331
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003332 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3333 signature check the legacy image format is default
3334 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3335 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3336
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003337 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3338 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3339 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3340 with this option.
3341
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003342- Standalone program support:
3343 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3344
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003345 This option defines a board specific value for the
3346 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3347 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003348 settings.
3349
3350- Frame Buffer Address:
3351 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3352
3353 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003354 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3355 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3356 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3357 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3358 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3359 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3360 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003361
3362 Please see board_init_f function.
3363
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003364- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3365 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3366 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3367 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3368
3369 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3370 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3371
3372- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3373 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3374
3375 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3376 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3377
3378 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3379
3380 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3381 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3382
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003383 CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE
3384 verify if the written data is correct reread.
3385
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003386- UBI support
3387 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3388
3389 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3390 with the UBI flash translation layer
3391
3392 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3393
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003394 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3395
3396 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3397 warnings and errors enabled.
3398
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003399
3400 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3401 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3402 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3403 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3404 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3405 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3406
3407 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3408 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3409 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3410 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3411 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3412
3413 default: 4096
3414
3415 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3416 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3417 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3418 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3419 flash), this value is ignored.
3420
3421 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3422 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3423 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3424 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3425 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3426 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3427
3428 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3429 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3430 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3431 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3432 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3433 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3434 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3435 partition.
3436
3437 default: 20
3438
3439 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3440 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3441 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3442 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3443 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3444 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3445 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3446 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3447 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3448 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3449 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3450 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3451
3452 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3453 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3454 without a fastmap.
3455 default: 0
3456
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003457- UBIFS support
3458 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3459
3460 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3461 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3462
3463 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3464
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003465 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3466
3467 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3468 warnings and errors enabled.
3469
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003470- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003471 CONFIG_SPL
3472 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003473
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003474 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3475 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3476
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003477 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3478 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3479 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3480 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003481 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003482 must not be both defined at the same time.
3483
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003484 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003485 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3486 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3487 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3488 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003489
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003490 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3491 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003492
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003493 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3494 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3495 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3496
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003497 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3498 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3499
3500 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003501 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3502 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3503 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003504 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003505 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003506
3507 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3508 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3509
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003510 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3511 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3512 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3513 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3514
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003515 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3516 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3517
3518 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3519 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003520
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003521 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3522 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3523 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3524 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3525
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003526 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3527 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3528 See also: doc/README.falcon
3529
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003530 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3531 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3532 about the running system.
3533
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003534 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3535 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3536
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003537 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3538 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003539
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003540 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3541 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003542
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003543 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3544 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003545
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003546 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3547 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003548
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003549 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3550 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003551
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003552 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3553 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3554 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3555 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3556 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3557
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003558 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3559 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3560 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3561
3562 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3563 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3564 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3565 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3566 (for falcon mode)
3567
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003568 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3569 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3570
3571 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3572 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3573
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003574 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3575 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3576 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3577
3578 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3579 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3580 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3581
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003582 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3583 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3584 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3585 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3586 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3587
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303588 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3589 Avoid SPL relocation
3590
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003591 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3592 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3593 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3594
3595 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3596 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3597
3598 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3599 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3600
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003601 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003602 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3603 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003604
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003605 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3606 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3607 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3608
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003609 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3610 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003611 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003612
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003613 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3614 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3615 SPL binary.
3616
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003617 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3618 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3619 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3620 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3621 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3622 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003623 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003624
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303625 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3626 Add support NAND boot
3627
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003628 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003629 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3630
3631 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3632 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3633
3634 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3635 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003636
3637 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003638 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003639
3640 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3641 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3642 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3643
3644 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3645 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3646 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3647
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003648 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3649 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003650
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003651 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3652 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003653
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003654 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3655 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003656
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003657 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3658 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3659
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003660 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3661 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003662
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003663 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3664 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3665
3666 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3667 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3668 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3669 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3670
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003671 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003672 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3673 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3674 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3675 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3676 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003677
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003678 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3679 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3680 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3681 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3682
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003683 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3684 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3685 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3686 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3687 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3688
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003689- TPL framework
3690 CONFIG_TPL
3691 Enable building of TPL globally.
3692
3693 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3694 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3695 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003696 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3697 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3698 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003699
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003700Modem Support:
3701--------------
3702
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003703[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003704
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003705- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003706 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3707
3708- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3709 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3710
3711- Modem debug support:
3712 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3713
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003714 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3715 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003716
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003717- Interrupt support (PPC):
3718
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003719 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3720 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003721 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003722 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003723 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003724 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003725 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003726 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3727 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3728 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003729
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003730- General:
3731
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003732 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3733 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3734 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003735 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003736 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3737 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3738 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003739
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003740 If there are no modem init strings in the
3741 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3742 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003743 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003744
3745 See also: doc/README.Modem
3746
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003747Board initialization settings:
3748------------------------------
3749
3750During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3751to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3752before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3753following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3754architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3755typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3756
3757- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3758- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3759- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3760- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003761
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003762Configuration Settings:
3763-----------------------
3764
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003765- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3766 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003768- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003769 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3770
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003771- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3772 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3773
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003774- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003775 prompt for user input.
3776
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003777- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003778
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003779- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003780
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003781- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003782
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003783- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003784 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3785 booted
3786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003787- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003788 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3789
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003790- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003791 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003792
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003793- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003794 If the board specific function
3795 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3796 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003797 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003799- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003800 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003801
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003802- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003803 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3804
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003805- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003806 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3807 simple memory test.
3808
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003809- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003810 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003811
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003812- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003813 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3814 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3815
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003816- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3817 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003818 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003819 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003820 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3821 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3822 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003823 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003824 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003825 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003826
3827 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3828 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3829 be touched.
3830
3831 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3832 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3833 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3834 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3835 problems.
3836
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003837- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003838 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3839
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003840- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003841 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3842
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003843- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003844 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3845 Cogent motherboard)
3846
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003847- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003848 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3849
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003850- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003851 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3852 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003853 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003854 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003856- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003857 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3858 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3859 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3860 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003861
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003862- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003863 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3864
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003865- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3866 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3867 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3868 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3869 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3870 space.
3871
3872 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3873 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3874 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
3875 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotton) when
3876 U-Boot relocates itself.
3877
Simon Glasse7b14e92014-09-15 06:33:18 -06003878 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06003879 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3880
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003881- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003882 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3883 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003884 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003885 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3886
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003887- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003888 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3889 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003890 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3891 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003892 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003893 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003894 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003895 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3896 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3897 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003898
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003899- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3900 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3901 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3902 is enabled.
3903
3904- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3905 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3906 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3907
3908- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3909 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3910 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3911
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003912- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003913 Max number of Flash memory banks
3914
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003915- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003916 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3917
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003918- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3920
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003921- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003922 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3923
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003924- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003925 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003927- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003928 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3929
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003930- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003931 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3932 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3933
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003934- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003935
3936 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3937 without this option such a download has to be
3938 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3939 copy from RAM to flash.
3940
3941 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3942 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003943 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3944 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003945 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3946
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003947- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003948 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003949 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3950
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003951- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003952 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3953 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003955- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3956 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3957 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3958 to the MTD layer.
3959
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003960- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003961 Use buffered writes to flash.
3962
3963- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3964 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3965 write commands.
3966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003967- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003968 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3969 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3970 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3971 optionally available.
3972
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003973- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3974 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3975 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3976 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3977
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003978- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3979 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3980 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3981 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3982 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3983 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3984 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3985 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3986
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003987- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003988 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3989 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003990 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3991 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003992 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003993 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3994
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003995- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3996
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003997 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3998 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3999 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4000 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4001 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004002
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004003- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4004- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004005 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004006 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4007 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4008 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4009
4010 The format of the list is:
4011 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004012 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
4013 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004014 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4015 list = entry[,list]
4016
4017 The type attributes are:
4018 s - String (default)
4019 d - Decimal
4020 x - Hexadecimal
4021 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4022 i - IP address
4023 m - MAC address
4024
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004025 The access attributes are:
4026 a - Any (default)
4027 r - Read-only
4028 o - Write-once
4029 c - Change-default
4030
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004031 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4032 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
4033 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4034
4035 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4036 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4037 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4038 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4039 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4040 ".flags" variable.
4041
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004042- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4043 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4044 access flags.
4045
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004046- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4047 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4048 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4049 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4050 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4051 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
4052 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
4053 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
4054 your board please report the problem and send patches!
4055
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004056- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4057 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4058 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
4059 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004060
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004061The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4062of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4063following configurations:
4064
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004065- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4066
4067 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4068 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4069
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004070- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004071
4072 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4073
4074 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4075 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4076 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4077 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4078 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4079 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4080 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4081 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4082 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4083 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4084 between U-Boot and the environment.
4085
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004086 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004087
4088 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4089 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4090 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4091 for this sector is given here.
4092
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004093 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004094
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004095 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004096
4097 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4098 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004099 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004101 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004102
4103 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4104
4105
4106 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4107 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4108 the environment.
4109
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004110 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004111
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004112 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004113 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004114 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4115 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4116
4117 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4118 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4119 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4120 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4121 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4122 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4123 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4124 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4125 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4126
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004127 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4128 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004129
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004130 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004131 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004132 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004133 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004134
4135BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4136source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4137accordingly!
4138
4139
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004140- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004141
4142 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4143 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4144 environment.
4145
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004146 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4147 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004148
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004149 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004150 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4151 can just be read and written to, without any special
4152 provision.
4153
4154BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
4155in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004156console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004157U-Boot will hang.
4158
4159Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4160environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4161keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4162to save the current settings.
4163
4164
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004165- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004166
4167 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4168 device and a driver for it.
4169
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004170 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4171 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004172
4173 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4174 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4175
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004176 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004177 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4178 The default address is zero.
4179
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004180 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004181 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4182 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4183 would require six bits.
4184
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004185 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004186 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004187 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004188
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004189 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004190 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4191 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4192
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004193 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004194 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4195 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4196 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4197 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4198 byte chips.
4199
4200 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4201 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4202 in the chip address.
4203
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004204 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4206
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004207 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4208 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4209 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4210
4211 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4212 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4213 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4214 EEPROM. For example:
4215
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004216 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004217
4218 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4219 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004221- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004222
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004223 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004224 want to use for the environment.
4225
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004226 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4227 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4228 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004229
4230 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4231 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4232 at the specified address.
4233
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004234- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4235
4236 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4237 want to use for the environment.
4238
4239 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4240 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4241
4242 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4243 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4244 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4245
4246 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4247
4248 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4249
4250 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4251
4252 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4253 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4254 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4255 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4256 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4257
4258 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4259 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4260
4261 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4262
4263 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4264
4265 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4266
4267 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4268
4269 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4270
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004271- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4272
4273 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4274 want to use for the local device's environment.
4275
4276 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4277 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4278
4279 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4280 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4281 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004282 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004283
4284BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4285"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004286environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4287but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004288
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004289- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004290
4291 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4292 for the environment.
4293
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004294 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4295 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004296
4297 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004298 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4299 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004300
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004301 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004302
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004303 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004304 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4305 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004306 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004307 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004308
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004309 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4310
4311 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4312 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4313 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4314 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4315 the range to be avoided.
4316
4317 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4318
4319 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4320 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4321 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4322 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4323 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004324
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004325- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4326
4327 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4328 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4329 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4330
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004331- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4332
4333 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4334 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4335 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4336
4337 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4338
4339 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4340
4341 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4342
4343 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4344 environment in.
4345
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004346 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4347
4348 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4349 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4350 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4351
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004352 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4353 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4354
4355 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4356 when storing the env in UBI.
4357
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004358- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4359 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4360
4361 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4362
4363 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4364
4365 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4366
4367 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4368 be as following:
4369
4370 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4371 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4372 partition table.
4373 - "D:0": device D.
4374 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4375 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4376 table.
4377 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
4378 If none, first valid paratition in device D. If no
4379 partition table then means device D.
4380
4381 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4382
4383 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
4384 envrionment.
4385
4386 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
4387 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the envrionment file.
4388
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004389- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4390
4391 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4392 environment.
4393
4394 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4395
4396 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4397
4398 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4399
4400 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4401 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4402 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4403
4404 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4405 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4406
4407 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4408 area within the specified MMC device.
4409
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004410 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4411 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4412 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4413 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4414 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4415 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4416 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4417
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004418 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4419 MMC sector boundary.
4420
4421 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4422
4423 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4424 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4425 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4426 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4427
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004428 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4429 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4430
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004431 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4432 an MMC sector boundary.
4433
4434 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4435
4436 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4437 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4438 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4439
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004440- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004441
4442 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4443 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4444 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4445 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4446 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4447 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4448 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4449
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004450Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004451has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004452created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004453until then to read environment variables.
4454
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004455The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4456is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4457with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4458necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4459"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4460have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004461
4462Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4463the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004464use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004465
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004466- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004467 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004468
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004469 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004470 also needs to be defined.
4471
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004472- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004473 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004474
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004475- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4476 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4477 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4478 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4479 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4480 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4481
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004482- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4483 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4484 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4485 to do this.
4486
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004487- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4488 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4489 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4490 present.
4491
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004492- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4493 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4494 build system checks that the actual size does not
4495 exceed it.
4496
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004497Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004498---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004499
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004500- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004501 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4502
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004503- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004504 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004505
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004506 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4507 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4508 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004509
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004510- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4511 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4512 PowerPC SOCs.
4513
4514- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4515 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4516 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4517
4518 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4519 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4520
4521- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4522 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4523 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004524 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004525 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4526 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4527 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4528
4529 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4530 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4531
4532- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004533 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4534 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004535 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4536 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4537
4538- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4539 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4540 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4541 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4542
4543- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4544 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4545 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4546
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004547- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004548 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004549
4550 the default drive number (default value 0)
4551
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004552 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004553
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004554 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004555 (default value 1)
4556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004557 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004558
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004559 defines the offset of register from address. It
4560 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004561 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004562
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004563 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4564 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004565 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004566
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004567 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004568 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4569 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4570 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4571 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004572
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004573- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4574 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4575 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4576 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4577 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4578 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4579 is requierd.
4580
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004581- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004582 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004583 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004585- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004586
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004587 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004588 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4589 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4590 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4591 will become available only after programming the
4592 memory controller and running certain initialization
4593 sequences.
4594
4595 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4596 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4597 - MPC824X: data cache
4598 - PPC4xx: data cache
4599
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004600- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004601
4602 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004603 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4604 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004605 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004606 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004607 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4608 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4609 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004610
4611 Note:
4612 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4613 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004614 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4616 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4617
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004618- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004619
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004620- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004621
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004622- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004623
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004624- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004625
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004626- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004627
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004628- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004629
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004630- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631 SDRAM timing
4632
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004633- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004634 periodic timer for refresh
4635
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004636- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004638- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4639 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4640 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4641 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004642 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4643
4644- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004645 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4646 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004647 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4648
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004649- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4650 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004651 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4652 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004654- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004655 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4656 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4657
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004658- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004659 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4660 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4661
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004662- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4664 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004666- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004667 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4668 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4669 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4670
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004671- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004672 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4673 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4674 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4675 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004676
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004677- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4678 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4679 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4680 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4681 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4682 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4683 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4684 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004685 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004686
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004687- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4688 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4689 required.
4690
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004691- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4692 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4693 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4694 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4695 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4696 by coreboot or similar.
4697
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004698- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4699 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4700
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004701- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4702 Chip has SRIO or not
4703
4704- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4705 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4706
4707- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4708 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4709
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004710- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4711 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4712
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004713- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4714 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4715
4716- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4717 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4718
4719- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4720 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4721
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004722- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4723 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4724 a 16 bit bus.
4725 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004726 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004727 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004728 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004729
4730- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4731 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4732 a default value will be used.
4733
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004734- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004735 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4736 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4737
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004738 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4739 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4740
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004741- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004742 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4743 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4744 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004745
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004746- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4747 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4748 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4749 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4750 header files or board specific files.
4751
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004752- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4753 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4754
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004755- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004756 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4757 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004758
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004759- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4760 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4761
4762- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4763 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004764 to the given FEC; i. e.
4765 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004766 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4767
4768 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4769
4770- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4771 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4772 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4773
4774- CONFIG_RMII
4775 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4776 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4777 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4778
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004779- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4780 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4781 The syntax is:
4782
4783 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4784
4785 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4786 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4787 area should have.
4788
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004789- CONFIG_LOOPW
4790 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004791 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004792
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004793- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4794 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4795 "md/mw" commands.
4796 Examples:
4797
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004798 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004799 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4800
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004801 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004802 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4803
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004804 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004805 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004806
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004807- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004808 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004809 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4810 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4811 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004812
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004813 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4814 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4815 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4816 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004817
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004818- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004819 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4820 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4821 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004822
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004823- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4824 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4825 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4826 It is loaded by the SPL.
4827
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004828- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4829 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4830 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4831 previous 4k of the .text section.
4832
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004833- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4834 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4835 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4836 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4837 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4838 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4839 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4840 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4841
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004842- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4843 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4844 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4845 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4846 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4847
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004848- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4849 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4850 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004851
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004852- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4853 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4854
4855 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004856
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004857- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4858 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4859
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004860- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4861 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4862 driver that uses this:
4863 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4864
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004865Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4866-----------------------------------
4867
4868The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4869loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4870This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4871are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4872within that device.
4873
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004874- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4875 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4876 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4877 is also specified.
4878
4879- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4880 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004881 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4882 is also specified.
4883
4884- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4885 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4886 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4887 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4888 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4889
4890- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4891 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4892 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4893 virtual address in NOR flash.
4894
4895- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4896 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4897 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4898
4899- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4900 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4901 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4902
4903- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4904 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4905 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4906
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004907- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4908 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4909 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004910 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4911 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4912 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004913
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004914Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4915---------------------------------------------------------
4916The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4917"firmware".
4918This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4919are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4920within that device.
4921
4922- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4923 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4924
4925- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
4926 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4927 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
4928 is also specified.
4929
4930- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
4931 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4932 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4933 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4934 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4935
4936- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
4937 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4938 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
4939 virtual address in NOR flash.
4940
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004941Building the Software:
4942======================
4943
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004944Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4945and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4946all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4947(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4948recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4949which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004950
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004951If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4952have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4953you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4954Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4955necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004956
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004957 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4958 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004959
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004960Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4961 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4962 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4963 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4964
4965 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4966
4967 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4968 be executed on computers running Windows.
4969
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004970U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4971sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004972is done by typing:
4973
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004974 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004975
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004976where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004977rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004978
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004979Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4980 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4981 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4982 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004983 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004984
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004985 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004987
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004988 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004989 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004990
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004991 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004992
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004994Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4995images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004996
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004997- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4998- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4999- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005000
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005001By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5002in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5003this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5004
50051. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5006
5007 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005008 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005009 make O=/tmp/build all
5010
50112. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
5012
5013 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5014 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005015 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005016 make all
5017
5018Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
5019variable.
5020
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5023for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5024native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005025
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005027If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5028to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5029steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005030
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000050311. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005032 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5033 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000050342. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5035 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5036 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
50373. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5038 your board
50393. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5040 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020050414. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000050425. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5043 to be installed on your target system.
50446. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5045 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005046
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5049==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005050
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005051If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5052or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5054the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005055official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005057But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5058cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005059the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5060just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005061for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5062select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5063environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5064you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005065
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005066 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005068or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005069
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005070 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005071
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005072When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5073U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5074setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5075built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5076<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5077location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5078variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005079
5080 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5081 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5082 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5083
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005084With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5085log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5086during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005087
5088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005090
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005092Monitor Commands - Overview:
5093============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005094
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005095go - start application at address 'addr'
5096run - run commands in an environment variable
5097bootm - boot application image from memory
5098bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005099bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005100tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5101 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5102 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005103tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005104rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5105diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5106loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5107loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5108md - memory display
5109mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5110nm - memory modify (constant address)
5111mw - memory write (fill)
5112cp - memory copy
5113cmp - memory compare
5114crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005115i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005116sspi - SPI utility commands
5117base - print or set address offset
5118printenv- print environment variables
5119setenv - set environment variables
5120saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5121protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5122erase - erase FLASH memory
5123flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005124nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5126iminfo - print header information for application image
5127coninfo - print console devices and informations
5128ide - IDE sub-system
5129loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005130loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005131mtest - simple RAM test
5132icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5133dcache - enable or disable data cache
5134reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5135echo - echo args to console
5136version - print monitor version
5137help - print online help
5138? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005139
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005141Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5142========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005144TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005147
5148
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005149Environment Variables:
5150======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5153can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005154
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005155Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5156"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5157without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5158environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5159working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5160environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005161
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005162Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5163
5164List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005165
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005166 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005167
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005168 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005169
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005170 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005172 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005175
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005176 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5177 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5178 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5179 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5180 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5181 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005182 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5183 bootm_mapsize.
5184
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005185 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005186 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5187 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5188 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5189 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5190 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5191 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005192
5193 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5194 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5195 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5196 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5197 environment variable.
5198
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005199 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5200 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5201 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5202
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005203 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5204 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5205 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5206 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005207
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5209 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5210 be automatically started (by internally calling
5211 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005213 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5214 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5215 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5216 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5217 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005218
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005219 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5220 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005221 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5222 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5223 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5224 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5225 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5226 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5227 access it during the boot procedure.
5228
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005229 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5230 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5231 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5232 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5233 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5234 must be accessible by the kernel.
5235
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005236 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5237 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5238 defined.
5239
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005240 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5241 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5242 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5243 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5244 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5245
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005246 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5247 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5248 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5249 is usually what you want since it allows for
5250 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5251 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005252 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005253 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5254 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5255 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5256 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005258 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5259 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5260 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5261 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5262 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5263 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005264
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005265 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005266
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005267 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5268 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5269 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5270 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5271 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5272 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5273 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005275 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005276
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005277 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5278 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005279
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005280 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005281
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005282 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005283
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005284 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005286 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005287
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005288 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005289
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005290 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005291
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005292 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5293 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005294
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005295 => setenv ethact FEC
5296 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5297 => setenv ethact SCC
5298 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005299
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005300 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5301 available network interfaces.
5302 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5303
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005304 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5306 When set to "once" the network operation will
5307 fail when all the available network interfaces
5308 are tried once without success.
5309 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5310 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005311
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005312 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005313
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005314 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
5315 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5316 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5317 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5318 is silent.
5319
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005320 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005321 UDP source port.
5322
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005323 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5324 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5325
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005326 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5327 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5328
5329 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5330 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5331 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5332 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5333 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5334 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5335 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5336
5337 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005338 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005339 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005340
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005341The following image location variables contain the location of images
5342used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5343not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5344variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5345server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5346loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5347flash or offset in NAND flash.
5348
5349*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5350boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5351boards use these variables for other purposes.
5352
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005353Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5354----- --------- ----------- --------------
5355u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5356Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5357device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5358ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5361updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5362depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005363
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005364 bootfile - see above
5365 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5366 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5367 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5368 hostname - Target hostname
5369 ipaddr - see above
5370 netmask - Subnet Mask
5371 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5372 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005373
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005375There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005376
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005377 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5378 as type string and/or serial number
5379 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005380
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005381These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5382the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5383once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005384
5385
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005386Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005388 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5389 with the "version" command. This variable is
5390 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005391
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005393Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5394only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005395
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005396
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005397Callback functions for environment variables:
5398---------------------------------------------
5399
5400For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5401when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
5402be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5403deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5404effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5405
5406The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5407U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5408
5409These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5410static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5411in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5412associations. The list must be in the following format:
5413
5414 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5415 list = entry[,list]
5416
5417If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5418Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5419
5420Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5421with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5422override any association in the static list. You can define
5423CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5424".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5425
5426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005427Command Line Parsing:
5428=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005430There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5431the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005432
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005433Old, simple command line parser:
5434--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005435
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005436- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5437- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005438- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005439- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5440 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005441 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005442- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5443 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005445Hush shell:
5446-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005448- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5449 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5450 until...do...done, ...
5451- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5452 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5453 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5454 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005456General rules:
5457--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005458
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005459(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5460 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5461 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5462 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005464(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005465 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005466 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5467 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005468
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005469Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5470=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005471
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005472Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005473such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5474"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005475
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005476Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5477MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5478"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005479
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005480If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5481in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5482ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5483variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005484
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005485o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5486 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005488o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5489 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5490 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005491
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005492o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5493 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005495o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5496 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5497 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005499o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5500 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005501
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005502If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005503will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005504may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5505The naming convention is as follows:
5506"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005507
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005508Image Formats:
5509==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005510
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005511U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5512images in two formats:
5513
5514New uImage format (FIT)
5515-----------------------
5516
5517Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5518to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5519components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5520SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5521
5522
5523Old uImage format
5524-----------------
5525
5526Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5527preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5528details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005529
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005530* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5531 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005532 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5533 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5534 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005535* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005536 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5537 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005538* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5539* Load Address
5540* Entry Point
5541* Image Name
5542* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005544The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5545and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5546CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005547
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005549Linux Support:
5550==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005551
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005552Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5553easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5554U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005555
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005556U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5557special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5558"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5559instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5560serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005561
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005562- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5563 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5564 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005566- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5567 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005569- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5570 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5571 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5572 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5573 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5574 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005575
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005577Linux HOWTO:
5578============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005579
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005580Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5581---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005582
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005583U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5584configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5585(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5586Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005587
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005588But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005589
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005590Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5591include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005592Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5593and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005594as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005595
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005596Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5597If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5598is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5599doc/driver-model.
5600
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005602Configuring the Linux kernel:
5603-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005605No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5606device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005607
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005608
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005609Building a Linux Image:
5610-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005611
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005612With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5613not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5614"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5615U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5616which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5617100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005619Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005620
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005621 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005622 make oldconfig
5623 make dep
5624 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005626The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5627encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5628CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005629
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005630* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005631
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005632* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005634 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5635 -R .note -R .comment \
5636 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005637
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005638* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005639
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005640 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005642* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005644 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5645 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5646 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005647
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005649The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5650with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5651combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5652byte header containing information about target architecture,
5653operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5654stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005655
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005656"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5657print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005658
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005659In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5660contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5661checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005662
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005663 tools/mkimage -l image
5664 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005665
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005666The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5667from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005669 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5670 -n name -d data_file image
5671 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5672 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5673 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5674 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5675 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5676 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5677 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5678 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005679
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005680Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5681address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5682kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005683
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005684- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5685- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005687So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005689 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5690 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005691 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005692 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5693 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5694 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5695 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5696 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5697 Load Address: 0x00000000
5698 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005699
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005700To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005702 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5703 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5704 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5705 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5706 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5707 Load Address: 0x00000000
5708 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005710NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5711speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5712needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5713need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005714
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005715 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005716 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5717 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005718 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005719 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5720 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5721 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5722 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5723 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5724 Load Address: 0x00000000
5725 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005726
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005728Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5729when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005731 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5732 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5733 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5734 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5735 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5736 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5737 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5738 Load Address: 0x00000000
5739 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005740
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005741The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5742option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5743option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5744from the image:
5745
5746 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5747 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5748 indexed by 'position'
5749
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005751Installing a Linux Image:
5752-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5755you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005756
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005757 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005759The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5760image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5761address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5762specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5763command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005765Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5766TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005768 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005769
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005770 .......... done
5771 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005772
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005773 => loads 40100000
5774 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5775 ~>examples/image.srec
5776 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5777 ...
5778 15989 15990 15991 15992
5779 [file transfer complete]
5780 [connected]
5781 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005782
5783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005784You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005785this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005786corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005788 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005790 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5791 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5792 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5793 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5794 Load Address: 00000000
5795 Entry Point: 0000000c
5796 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005797
5798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005799Boot Linux:
5800-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005802The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5803memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5804of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5805parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5806"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005807
5808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809 => printenv bootargs
5810 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005812 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005813
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005814 => printenv bootargs
5815 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005816
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005817 => bootm 40020000
5818 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5819 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5820 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5821 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5822 Load Address: 00000000
5823 Entry Point: 0000000c
5824 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5825 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5826 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5827 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5828 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5829 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5830 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5831 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005832
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005833If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005834the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5835format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005837 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005838
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005839 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5840 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5841 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5842 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5843 Load Address: 00000000
5844 Entry Point: 0000000c
5845 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005846
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005847 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5848 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5849 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5850 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5851 Load Address: 00000000
5852 Entry Point: 00000000
5853 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005855 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5856 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5857 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5858 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5859 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5860 Load Address: 00000000
5861 Entry Point: 0000000c
5862 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5863 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5864 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5865 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5866 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5867 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5868 Load Address: 00000000
5869 Entry Point: 00000000
5870 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5871 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5872 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5873 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5874 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5875 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5876 ...
5877 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5878 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005879
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005880 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005881
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005882Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5883-----------
5884
5885First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5886titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5887following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5888flat device tree:
5889
5890=> print oftaddr
5891oftaddr=0x300000
5892=> print oft
5893oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5894=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5895Speed: 1000, full duplex
5896Using TSEC0 device
5897TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5898Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5899Load address: 0x300000
5900Loading: #
5901done
5902Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5903=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5904Speed: 1000, full duplex
5905Using TSEC0 device
5906TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5907Filename 'uImage'.
5908Load address: 0x200000
5909Loading:############
5910done
5911Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5912=> print loadaddr
5913loadaddr=200000
5914=> print oftaddr
5915oftaddr=0x300000
5916=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5917## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005918 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5919 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5920 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005921 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005922 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005923 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5924 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5925Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5926Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5927Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5928[snip]
5929
5930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005931More About U-Boot Image Types:
5932------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005934U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005936 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5937 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5938 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5939 the Standalone Program.
5940 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5941 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5942 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5943 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5944 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5945 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5946 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5947 being started.
5948 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5949 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5950 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5951 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5952 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5953 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005955 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5956 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5957 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5958 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5959 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5960 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005962 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5963 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5964 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005965
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005966 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5967 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5968 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5969 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005970
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005971Booting the Linux zImage:
5972-------------------------
5973
5974On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5975using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5976as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5977
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005978Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005979kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5980address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5981format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5982
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005984Standalone HOWTO:
5985=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005986
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005987One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5988run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5989U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005990
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005991Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005992
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005993"Hello World" Demo:
5994-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005995
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005996'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5997application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5998It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5999like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006000
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006001 => loads
6002 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6003 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6004 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6005 [file transfer complete]
6006 [connected]
6007 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006009 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6010 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6011 Hello World
6012 argc = 7
6013 argv[0] = "40004"
6014 argv[1] = "Hello"
6015 argv[2] = "World!"
6016 argv[3] = "This"
6017 argv[4] = "is"
6018 argv[5] = "a"
6019 argv[6] = "test."
6020 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6021 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006022
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006023 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006025Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6026handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6027Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6028The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6029character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6030controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006032 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6033 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6034 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6035 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006036
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006037 => loads
6038 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6039 ~>examples/timer.srec
6040 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6041 [file transfer complete]
6042 [connected]
6043 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006045 => go 40004
6046 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6047 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6048 Using timer 1
6049 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006051Hit 'b':
6052 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6053 Enabling timer
6054Hit '?':
6055 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6056 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6057Hit '?':
6058 [q, b, e, ?] .
6059 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6060Hit '?':
6061 [q, b, e, ?] .
6062 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6063Hit '?':
6064 [q, b, e, ?] .
6065 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6066Hit 'e':
6067 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6068Hit 'q':
6069 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006070
6071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006072Minicom warning:
6073================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006075Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6076"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6077consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6078Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6079especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006080use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6081http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6082for help with kermit.
6083
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006084
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006085Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6086configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006087
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006088 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6089 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6090 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006091
6092
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006093NetBSD Notes:
6094=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006095
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006096Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6097(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006098
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006099Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6100NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6101need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6102Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6103attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6104missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006106 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6107 # mkdir powerpc
6108 # ln -s powerpc machine
6109 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6110 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006112Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6113and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006114
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006115Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6116stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6117proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6118tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006119meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006120
6121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006122Implementation Internals:
6123=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006124
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006125The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6126implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6127inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6128hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006129
6130
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006131Initial Stack, Global Data:
6132---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006134The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6135starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6136system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6137This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6138is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6139at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6140options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6141models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6142MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6143locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006144
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006145 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006146 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006148 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6149 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6150 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6151 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006152
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006153 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6154 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6155 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6156 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6157 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006158 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006159 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6160 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006162 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6163 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006164 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006165 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6166 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6167 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6168 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006169
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006170 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006171 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6172 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006173 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006174 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6175 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6176 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6177 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6178 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006180 -Chris Hallinan
6181 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006182
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006183It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6184code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006185
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006186* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6187 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006188
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006189* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006190 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6191 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006192
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006193* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6194 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006195
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006196Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
6197normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
6198turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6199simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6200functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6201functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6202the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6203place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6204reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006205
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006206When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6207relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6208GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006209
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006210For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6211 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006212 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006213 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6214 R5-R10: parameter passing
6215 R13: small data area pointer
6216 R30: GOT pointer
6217 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006218
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006219 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6220 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6221 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006222
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006223 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006224
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006225 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6226 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6227 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6228 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6229 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6230 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006231
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006232On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006233 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6234
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006235 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006237On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006238
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006239 R0: function argument word/integer result
6240 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006241 R9: platform specific
6242 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006243 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6244 R12: temporary workspace
6245 R13: stack pointer
6246 R14: link register
6247 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006248
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006249 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6250
6251 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006252
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006253On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6254 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6255
6256 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6257
6258 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6259 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6260
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006261On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6262
6263 R0-R1: argument/return
6264 R2-R5: argument
6265 R15: temporary register for assembler
6266 R16: trampoline register
6267 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6268 R29: global pointer (GP)
6269 R30: link register (LP)
6270 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6271 PC: program counter (PC)
6272
6273 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6274
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006275NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6276or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006278Memory Management:
6279------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006281U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6282MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006283
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006284The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6285controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6286memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6287physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006289U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6290TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6291booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6292to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006293memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006294configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6295Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006296
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006297Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6298of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006299
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006300So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6301this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006302
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006303 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6304 :
6305 0x0000 1FFF
6306 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6307 :
6308 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006309
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006310 :
6311 :
6312 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6313 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6314 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6315 :
6316 0x00FD FFFF
6317 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6318 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6319 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6320 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006321
6322
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006323System Initialization:
6324----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006326In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006327(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006328configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
6329To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6330To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6331initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6332which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6333part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6334the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006335
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006336Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6337preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6338(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6339on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6340programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6341simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6342banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006343
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006344When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6345different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6346bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
63470x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6348contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006350Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6351and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6352Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6353pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006355Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6356until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6357running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6358new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006359
6360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006361U-Boot Porting Guide:
6362----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006363
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006364[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6365list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006366
6367
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006368int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006369{
6370 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006371
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006372 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6373 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006375 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006376 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006377 return 0;
6378 }
6379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006380 Download latest U-Boot source;
6381
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006382 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006383
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006384 if (clueless)
6385 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006387 while (learning) {
6388 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006389 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6390 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006391 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006392 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006393 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006394
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006395 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6396 Buy a BDI3000;
6397 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006398 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006399
6400 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6401 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6402 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6403 } else {
6404 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6405 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006406 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006407 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6408 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006409
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006410 while (!accepted) {
6411 while (!running) {
6412 do {
6413 Add / modify source code;
6414 } until (compiles);
6415 Debug;
6416 if (clueless)
6417 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6418 }
6419 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6420 if (reasonable critiques)
6421 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6422 else
6423 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006424 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006426 return 0;
6427}
6428
6429void no_more_time (int sig)
6430{
6431 hire_a_guru();
6432}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006433
6434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006435Coding Standards:
6436-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006438All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006439coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006440"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006441
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006442Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6443MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6444reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6445sources.
6446
6447Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6448Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6449in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006450
6451Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6452- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006453- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006454- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006455- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006456- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6457
6458Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6459with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006460
6461
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006462Submitting Patches:
6463-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006464
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006465Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6466establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6467may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006468
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006469Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006470
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006471Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6472see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6473
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006474When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6475it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006476
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006477* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6478 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6479 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006481* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6482 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006483
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006484* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6485
6486* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6487
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006488* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6489 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006490
6491* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6492 document these in the README file.
6493
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006494* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6495 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006496 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006497 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6498 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006499
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006500 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6501 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6502 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006503
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006504 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6505 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6506 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6507 affected files).
6508
6509 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6510 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006511
6512* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6513 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6514
6515* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6516 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6517
6518
6519Notes:
6520
6521* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6522 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6523 for any of the boards.
6524
6525* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6526 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6527 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6528
6529* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6530 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6531 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6532 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6533 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6534 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006535
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006536* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6537 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6538 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6539 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.